mirror of
https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations.git
synced 2025-07-07 06:57:39 -06:00
📝 Spellcheck
This commit is contained in:
Scott Lahteine
parent
4e6ef70f2a
commit
ebc067c3da
652 changed files with 5703 additions and 5703 deletions
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3317,9 +3317,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3370,9 +3370,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3570,7 +3570,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3578,8 +3578,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3371,9 +3371,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3561,7 +3561,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3569,8 +3569,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4178,7 +4178,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3562,7 +3562,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3570,8 +3570,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3293,9 +3293,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3293,9 +3293,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3385,9 +3385,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3296,9 +3296,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3296,9 +3296,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3294,9 +3294,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2000 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3293,9 +3293,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3293,9 +3293,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3303,9 +3303,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3303,9 +3303,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3303,9 +3303,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3303,9 +3303,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3298,9 +3298,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3298,9 +3298,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3298,9 +3298,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3294,9 +3294,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3355,9 +3355,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3311,9 +3311,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -965,9 +965,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3565,7 +3565,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3573,8 +3573,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4182,7 +4182,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2549,7 +2549,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3307,9 +3307,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2531,7 +2531,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3289,9 +3289,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3557,7 +3557,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3565,8 +3565,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3295,9 +3295,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3295,9 +3295,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3317,9 +3317,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3562,7 +3562,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3570,8 +3570,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ For the SKR V2.0-based config, flash drive support is enabled by default. Jumper
|
|||
|
||||
## BLTouch Probe Support
|
||||
|
||||
Uncomment `B1_USE_BLTOUCH` for probe customizations.
|
||||
Uncomment `B1_USE_BLTOUCH` for probe customization.
|
||||
|
||||
This configuration retains the use of homing with a Z limit switch. If you want to home with the BLTouch probe, remove your Z limit switch & bracket and enable (uncomment) `USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING` and `Z_SAFE_HOMING`. Change `Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE` from `LOW` to `HIGH`.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3310,9 +3310,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3561,7 +3561,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3569,8 +3569,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4178,7 +4178,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3303,9 +3303,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3561,7 +3561,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3569,8 +3569,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4178,7 +4178,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3291,9 +3291,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3292,9 +3292,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
|
|||
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it throughly under
|
||||
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
|
||||
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
|
|||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers.
|
||||
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
|
||||
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
|
||||
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
|
||||
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,9 +960,9 @@
|
|||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customization
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@
|
|||
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
|
||||
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
|
||||
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compesation for accell/decell will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -3568,8 +3568,8 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
|
||||
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be commited without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner syncronization
|
||||
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
|
||||
* for a planner synchronization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@
|
|||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
|
||||
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
|
||||
// See class CodeProfiler.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multistepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2547,7 +2547,7 @@
|
|||
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
|
||||
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
|
||||
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
|
||||
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
|
||||
|
|
@ -3305,9 +3305,9 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no antialiasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
|
||||
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue